High-strength steel
Our range of metallic coated high-strength steels includes micro-alloyed, phosphorus-alloyed and bake-hardening grades. Available with various corrosion-resistant coatings, they are ideal for applications requiring strength without a weight penalty. MagiZinc® Auto coatings optimise weight savings and allow for maximum throughput in your press shop. Serica FLO® is our premium surface finish applied to hot-dip galvanised grades for exposed automotive panels.
Applications
- Automotive components
- Tubes
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR IF220 TSN
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR IF220-Properties TSN
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Interstitial-free steels
| Grade | CR IF220 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI/GA/ZM | |
| Yield strength1 ReL | N/mm2 | 220 - 280 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | - |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 340 - 420 |
| Min. elongation2 | % | 32 |
| Min. r-value3 r90 | 1.5 | |
| Min. n-value n90 | 0.17 |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
2 Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
3 For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Interstitial-free steels
| Grade | CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.01 |
| Mn | Max. | 0.9 |
| P | Max. | 0.08 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.2 |
| Altot | Max. | 0.1 |
| Ti | Max. | 0.12 |
| Nb | Max. | 0.09 |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR IF220-Dimensions TSN
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR IF220 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1350 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1500 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1640 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1760 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1830 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1850 |
| 0.75 - 0.80 | 1880 |
| 0.80 - 0.90 | 1910 |
| 0.90 - 1.10 | 1970 |
| 1.10 - 1.20 | 1920 |
| 1.20 - 1.30 | 1870 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1820 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1720 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1640 |
| 1.60 - 1.70 | 1570 |
| 1.70 - 1.75 | 1500 |
| 1.75 - 1.80 | 1460 |
| 1.80 - 1.90 | 1390 |
| 1.90 - 2.00 | 1330 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR IF260 TSN
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR IF260-Properties TSN
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Interstitial-free steels
| Grade | CR IF260 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI/GA/ZM | |
| Yield strength1 ReL | N/mm2 | 260 - 320 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | - |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 380 - 440 |
| Elongation2 | % | 30 |
| Min. r-value3 r90 | 1.4 | |
| Min. n-value n90 | 0.16 |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
2 Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
3 For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Interstitial-free steels
| Grade | CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.01 |
| Mn | Max. | 1.3 |
| P | Max. | 0.1 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.25 |
| Altot | Max. | 0.1 |
| Ti | Max. | 0.12 |
| Nb | Max. | 0.09 |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR IF260-Dimensions TSN
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR IF260 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1500 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1590 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1680 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1710 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1740 |
| 0.75 - 0.80 | 1760 |
| 0.80 - 0.90 | 1780 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1800 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1840 |
| 1.10 - 1.20 | 1850 |
| 1.20 - 1.30 | 1810 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1770 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1680 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1600 |
| 1.60 - 1.70 | 1510 |
| 1.70 - 1.75 | 1470 |
| 1.75 - 1.80 | 1430 |
| 1.80 - 1.90 | 1370 |
| 1.90 - 2.00 | 1300 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR BH180 TSE
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH180-Properties TSE
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Bake-hardening steels
| Grade | CR BH180 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI/GA/ZM | |
| Yield strength1 ReL | N/mm2 | 180 - 240 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | 35 |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 290 - 360 |
| Elongation2 | % | 34 |
| Min. r-value3 r90 | 1.5 | |
| Min. n-value n90 | 0.16 |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
2 Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
3 For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Bake-hardening steels
| Grade | CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.1 |
| Mn | Max. | 0.7 |
| P | Max. | 0.06 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Max. | 0.1 |
| Ti | Max. | 0.12 |
| Nb | Max. | 0.09 |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH180-Dimensions TSE
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR BH180 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1320 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1470 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1600 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1700 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1850 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1930 |
| 0.75 - 0.80 | 1940 |
| 0.80 - 0.90 | 1950 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1960 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1930 |
| 1.10 - 1.20 | 1870 |
| 1.20 - 1.30 | 1840 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1800 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1770 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1730 |
| 1.60 - 1.70 | 1680 |
| 1.70 - 1.75 | 1630 |
| 1.75 - 1.80 | 1580 |
| 1.80 - 1.90 | 1500 |
| 1.90 - 2.00 | 1430 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
MagiZinc® (ZM) products
For the dimensions of MagiZinc (ZM) high-strength grades, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR BH220 TSE
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH220-Properties TSE
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Bake-hardening steels
| Grade | CR BH220 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI/GA/ZM | |
| Yield strength1 ReL | N/mm2 | 220 - 280 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | 35 |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 320 - 400 |
| Elongation2 | % | 32 |
| Min. r-value3 r90 | 1.2 | |
| Min. n-value n90 | 0.15 |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
2 Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
3 For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Bake-hardening steels
| Grade | CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.1 |
| Mn | Max. | 0.7 |
| P | Max. | 0.08 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Max. | 0.1 |
| Ti | Max. | 0.12 |
| Nb | Max. | 0.09 |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH220-Dimensions TSE
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR BH220 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1320 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1470 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1610 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1720 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1880 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1920 |
| 0.75 - 0.80 | 1960 |
| 0.80 - 0.90 | 2000 |
| 0.90 - 1.20 | 2030 |
| 1.20 - 1.30 | 1980 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1900 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1840 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1760 |
| 1.60 - 1.65 | 1710 |
| 1.65 - 1.70 | 1670 |
| 1.70 - 1.80 | 1660 |
| 1.80 - 1.90 | 1590 |
| 1.90 - 1.95 | 1580 |
| 1.95 - 2.00 | 1540 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Galvannealed (GA) products
For the dimensions of galvannealed (GA) high-strength grades, please contact us.
MagiZinc® (ZM) products
For the dimensions of MagiZinc (ZM) high-strength grades, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR BH260 TSE
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH260-Properties TSE
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Bake-hardening steels
| Grade | CR BH260 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI/GA/ZM | |
| Yield strength1 ReL | N/mm2 | 260 - 320 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | 35 |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 360 - 440 |
| Elongation2 | % | 28 |
| Min. r-valu3 r90 | - | |
| Min. n-value n90 | - |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
2 Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
3 For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Bake-hardening steels
| Grade | CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.1 |
| Mn | Max. | 0.8 |
| P | Max. | 0.1 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Max. | 0.1 |
| Ti | Max. | 0.12 |
| Nb | Max. | 0.09 |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH260-Dimensions TSE
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR BH260 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1480 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1610 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1750 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1840 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1840 |
| 0.75 - 0.80 | 1860 |
| 0.80 - 0.90 | 1890 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1970 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1970 |
| 1.10 - 1.20 | 1920 |
| 1.20 - 1.30 | 1880 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1800 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1760 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1650 |
| 1.60 - 1.70 | 1570 |
| 1.70 - 1.80 | 1560 |
| 1.80 - 2.00 | 1540 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
MagiZinc® (ZM) products
For the dimensions of MagiZinc (ZM) high-strength grades, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR BH300 TSE
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH300-Properties TSE
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Bake-hardening steels
| Grade | CR BH300 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI/GA/ZM | |
| Yield strength1 ReL | N/mm2 | 300 - 360 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | 35 |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 400 - 480 |
| Elongation2 | % | 26 |
| Min. r-value3 r90 | - | |
| Min. n-value n90 | - |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
2 Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
3 For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum r90-value is lowered by 0.2.
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Bake-hardening steels
| Grade | CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.11 |
| Mn | Max. | 0.8 |
| P | Max. | 0.12 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Max. | 0.1 |
| Ti | Max. | 0.12 |
| Nb | Max. | 0.09 |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR BH300-Dimensions TSE
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR BH300 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1340 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1550 |
| 0.55 - 0.65 | 1620 |
| 0.65 - 0.66 | 1660 |
| 0.66 - 0.75 | 1690 |
| 0.75 - 0.80 | 1710 |
| 0.80 - 0.90 | 1740 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1780 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1750 |
| 1.10 - 1.15 | 1720 |
| 1.15 - 1.80 | 1740 |
| 1.80 - 1.90 | 1690 |
| 1.90 - 2.00 | 1590 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Galvannealed (GA) products
For the dimensions of galvannealed (GA) high-strength grades, please contact us.
MagiZinc® (ZM) products
For the dimensions of MagiZinc (ZM) high-strength grades, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR P220 TSN
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR P220-Properties TSN
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction:
Phosphorus-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR P220 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI | |
| Yield strength1 | N/mm2 | 220 - 280 |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 340 - 400 |
| Elongation2 | % | 32 |
| Min. r-value3 | 1.3 | |
| Min. n-value | 0.15 |
Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
1
2
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
3
Phosphorus-alloyed steels are currently not available with MagiZinc® coatings.
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Phosphorus-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR P220-GI | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.08 |
| Mn | Max. | 0.7 |
| P | Max. | 0.1 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Min. | 0.015 |
| Ti | Max. | - |
| Nb | Max. | - |
Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR P220-Dimensions TSN
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR P220 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1320 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1470 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1610 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1720 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1880 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1920 |
| 0.75 - 0.80 | 1960 |
| 0.80 - 0.90 | 2000 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 2030 |
| 1.00 - 1.20 | 2030 |
| 1.20 - 1.30 | 1980 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1900 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1840 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1760 |
| 1.60 - 1.70 | 1670 |
| 1.70 - 1.75 | 1610 |
| 1.75 - 1.80 | 1560 |
| 1.80 - 1.90 | 1480 |
| 1.90 - 2.00 | 1410 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR P260 TSN
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR P260-Properties TSN
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction:
Phosphorus-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR P260 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI | |
| Yield strength1 | N/mm2 | 260 - 320 |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 380 - 440 |
| Elongation2 | % | 28 |
| Min. r-value3 | - | |
| Min. n-value | - |
Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
1
2
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
3
Phosphorus-alloyed steels are currently not available with MagiZinc® coatings.
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Phosphorus-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR P260-GI | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.08 |
| Mn | Max. | 0.8 |
| P | Max. | 0.1 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Min. | 0.015 |
| Ti | Max. | - |
| Nb | Max. | - |
Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR P260-Dimensions TSN
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR P260 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1480 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1610 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1750 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1770 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1810 |
| 0.75 - 0.80 | 1860 |
| 0.80 - 0.90 | 1890 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1970 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1970 |
| 1.10 - 1.20 | 1920 |
| 1.20 - 1.30 | 1880 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1800 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1730 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1650 |
| 1.60 - 1.70 | 1570 |
| 1.70 - 1.75 | 1520 |
| 1.75 - 1.80 | 1480 |
| 1.80 - 1.90 | 1410 |
| 1.90 - 2.00 | 1340 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR P300 TSN
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR P300-Properties TSN
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction:
Phosphorus-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR P300 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI | |
| Yield strength1 | N/mm2 | 300 - 360 |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 400 - 480 |
| Elongation2 | % | 26 |
| Min. r-value3 | - | |
| Min. n-value | - |
Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
1
2
Elongation after fracture A uses test piece length L0 = 80 mm.
3
Phosphorus-alloyed steels are currently not available with MagiZinc® coatings.
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Phosphorus-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR P300-GI | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.1 |
| Mn | Max. | 0.7 |
| P | Max. | 0.12 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Min. | 0.015 |
| Ti | Max. | - |
| Nb | Max. | - |
Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR P300-Dimensions TSN
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR P300 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1340 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1550 |
| 0.55 - 0.65 | 1620 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1660 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1680 |
| 0.75 - 0.80 | 1710 |
| 0.80 - 0.90 | 1740 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1780 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1750 |
| 1.10 - 1.20 | 1720 |
| 1.20 - 1.30 | 1690 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1660 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1610 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1570 |
| 1.60 - 1.70 | 1510 |
| 1.70 - 1.75 | 1480 |
| 1.75 - 1.80 | 1460 |
| 1.80 - 1.90 | 1390 |
| 1.90 - 2.00 | 1320 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA220 TSE
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA220-Properties TSE
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA220 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI/GA/ZM | |
| Yield strength1 | N/mm2 | 220 - 300 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | - |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 320 - 400 |
| Elongation2 | % | 29 |
| Min. r-value3 | - | |
| Min. n-value n90 | - |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
2
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
3
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.1 |
| Mn | Max. | 0.6 |
| P | Max. | 0.03 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Min. | 0.015 |
| Ti | Max. | - |
| Nb | Max. | - |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA220-Dimensions TSE
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA220 |
| 0.40 - 0.55 | 1520 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1580 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1720 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1780 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1800 |
| 0.75 - 0.90 | 1830 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1870 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1930 |
| 1.10 - 1.20 | 1970 |
| 1.20 - 1.80 | 2010 |
| 1.80 - 2.00 | 1920 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Galvannealed (GA) products
For the dimensions of galvannealed (GA) high-strength grades, please contact us.
MagiZinc (ZM) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA220 |
| 0.40 - 0.55 | 1520 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1580 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1720 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1780 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1800 |
| 0.75 - 0.90 | 1830 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1870 |
| 1.00 - 1.30 | 1900 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1800 |
| 1.40 - 2.00 | 1700 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA260 TSE
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA260-Properties TSE
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA260 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI/GA/ZM | |
| Yield strength1 | N/mm2 | 260 - 330 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | - |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 350 - 430 |
| Elongation2 | % | 26 |
| Min. r-value3 | - | |
| Min. n-value n90 | - |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot-rolled substrate.
2
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
3
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.11 |
| Mn | Max. | 0.6 |
| P | Max. | 0.03 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Min. | 0.015 |
| Ti | Max. | 0.12 |
| Nb | Max. | 0.09 |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA260-Dimensions TSE
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA260 |
| 0.45 - 0.55 | 1520 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1580 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1720 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1780 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1800 |
| 0.75 - 0.90 | 1850 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1900 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1940 |
| 1.10 - 1.20 | 1980 |
| 1.20 - 1.40 | 2000 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1960 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1930 |
| 1.60 - 1.70 | 1850 |
| 1.70 - 1.90 | 1800 |
| 1.90 - 2.00 | 1550 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
MagiZinc (ZM) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA260 |
| 0.45 - 0.55 | 1520 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1580 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1720 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1780 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1800 |
| 0.75 - 0.90 | 1850 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1900 |
| 1.00 - 1.30 | 1900 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1800 |
| 1.40 - 1.60 | 1700 |
| 1.60 - 1.80 | 1560 |
| 1.80 - 2.00 | 1550 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA300 TSE
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA300-Properties TSE
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA300 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI/GA/ZM | |
| Yield strength1 | N/mm2 | 300 - 380 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | - |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 380 - 480 |
| Elongation2 | % | 23 |
| Min. r-value3 | - | |
| Min. n-value n90 | - |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot-rolled substrate.
2
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
3
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.11 |
| Mn | Max. | 1 |
| P | Max. | 0.03 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Max. | 0.1 |
| Ti | Max. | 0.15 |
| Nb | Max. | 0.09 |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA300-Dimensions TSE
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA300 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1460 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1530 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1640 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1740 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1760 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1780 |
| 0.75 - 0.90 | 1800 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1860 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1890 |
| 1.10 - 1.20 | 1930 |
| 1.20 - 1.25 | 1970 |
| 1.25 - 1.40 | 1980 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1930 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1900 |
| 1.60 - 1.80 | 1740 |
| 1.80 - 1.90 | 1690 |
| 1.90 - 2.00 | 1590 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
MagiZinc (ZM) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA300 |
| 0.40 - 0.45 | 1270 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1460 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1530 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1640 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1740 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1760 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1780 |
| 0.75 - 0.90 | 1800 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1860 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1890 |
| 1.10 - 1.30 | 1900 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1800 |
| 1.40 - 1.80 | 1700 |
| 1.80 - 1.90 | 1690 |
| 1.90 - 2.00 | 1590 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA340 TSE
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA340-Properties TSE
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA340 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI/GA/ZM | |
| Yield strength1 | N/mm2 | 340 - 420 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | - |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 410 - 510 |
| Elongation2 | % | 21 |
| Min. r-value3 | - | |
| Min. n-value n90 | - |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
2
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
3
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.11 |
| Mn | Max. | 1 |
| P | Max. | 0.03 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Min. | 0.015 |
| Ti | Max. | 0.15 |
| Nb | Max. | 0.09 |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA340-Dimensions TSE
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA340 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1280 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1350 |
| 0.55 - 0.58 | 1430 |
| 0.58 - 0.60 | 1440 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1590 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1600 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1700 |
| 0.75 - 0.90 | 1710 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1740 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1760 |
| 1.10 - 1.20 | 1780 |
| 1.20 - 1.30 | 1810 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1800 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1770 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1740 |
| 1.60 - 2.00 | 1590 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
MagiZinc (ZM) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA340 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1280 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1350 |
| 0.55 - 0.58 | 1430 |
| 0.58 - 0.60 | 1440 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1590 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1600 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1700 |
| 0.75 - 0.90 | 1710 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1740 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1760 |
| 1.10 - 1.20 | 1780 |
| 1.20 - 1.30 | 1810 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1800 |
| 1.40 - 1.60 | 1700 |
| 1.60 - 2.00 | 1590 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA380 TSE
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA380-Properties TSE
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA380 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI/GA/ZM | |
| Yield strength1 | N/mm2 | 380 - 480 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | - |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 440 - 560 |
| Elongation2 | % | 19 |
| Min. r-value3 | - | |
| Min. n-value n90 | - |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
2
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
3
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.11 |
| Mn | Max. | 1.4 |
| P | Max. | 0.03 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Min. | 0.015 |
| Ti | Max. | 0.15 |
| Nb | Max. | 0.09 |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA380-Dimensions TSE
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA380 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1390 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1450 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1480 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1510 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1550 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1580 |
| 0.75 - 0.90 | 1600 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1620 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1620 |
| 1.10 - 1.25 | 1630 |
| 1.25 - 1.40 | 1640 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1590 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1550 |
| 1.60 - 2.00 | 1540 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
MagiZinc (ZM) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA380 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1390 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1450 |
| 0.55 - 0.60 | 1480 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1510 |
| 0.65 - 0.70 | 1550 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1580 |
| 0.75 - 0.90 | 1600 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1620 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1620 |
| 1.10 - 1.25 | 1630 |
| 1.25 - 1.40 | 1640 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1590 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1550 |
| 1.60 - 2.00 | 1540 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA420 TSE
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA420-Properties TSE
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA420 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI/ZM | |
| Yield strength1 | N/mm2 | 420 - 520 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | - |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 470 - 590 |
| Elongation2 | % | 17 |
| Min. r-value r90 | - | |
| Min. n-value n90 | - |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
2
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.11 |
| Mn | Max. | 1.4 |
| P | Max. | 0.03 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Min. | 0.015 |
| Ti | Max. | 0.15 |
| Nb | Max. | 0.09 |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA420-Dimensions TSE
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA420 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1240 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1300 |
| 0.55 - 0.58 | 1360 |
| 0.58 - 0.60 | 1360 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1420 |
| 0.65 - 0.75 | 1540 |
| 0.75 - 0.90 | 1570 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1620 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1600 |
| 1.10 - 1.20 | 1580 |
| 1.20 - 1.60 | 1570 |
| 1.60 - 2.00 | 1450 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
MagiZinc (ZM) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA420 |
| 0.45 - 0.50 | 1240 |
| 0.50 - 0.55 | 1300 |
| 0.55 - 0.58 | 1360 |
| 0.58 - 0.60 | 1360 |
| 0.60 - 0.65 | 1420 |
| 0.65 - 0.75 | 1540 |
| 0.75 - 0.90 | 1570 |
| 0.90 - 1.00 | 1620 |
| 1.00 - 1.10 | 1600 |
| 1.10 - 1.20 | 1580 |
| 1.20 - 1.30 | 1570 |
| 1.30 - 1.40 | 1500 |
| 1.40 - 1.50 | 1400 |
| 1.50 - 1.60 | 1300 |
| 1.60 - 1.70 | 1250 |
| 1.70 - 1.80 | 1200 |
| 1.80 - 1.90 | 1150 |
| 1.90 - 2.00 | 1100 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA460 TSE
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA460-Properties TSE
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA460 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI | |
| Yield strength1 | N/mm2 | 460 - 560 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | - |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 500 - 640 |
| Elongation2 | % | 15 |
| Min. r-value3 | - | |
| Min. n-value n90 | - |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
2
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
3
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA460-GI | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.15 |
| Mn | Max. | 1.7 |
| P | Max. | 0.03 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Min. | 0.015 |
| Ti | Max. | 0.15 |
| Nb | Max. | 0.09 |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA460-Dimensions TSE
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA460 |
| 0.60 - 0.70 | 1250 |
| 0.70 - 0.75 | 1450 |
| 0.75 - 1.20 | 1550 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-CR HSLA500 TSE
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-All Grades OverviewTSE
Relationship with standards
| VDA standard | European standard | |
|---|---|---|
| Grade | VDA 239-100 | EN 10346: 2015 |
| Phosphorus alloyed interstitial-free | ||
| CR IF220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX220YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR IF260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240IF-GI/GA/ZM | HX260YD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Bake-hardening | ||
| CR BH180-GI/GA/ZM | CR180BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX180BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX220BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX260BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR BH300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270BH-GI/GA/ZM | HX300BD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| Phosphorus alloyed | ||
| CR P220-GI | - | HX220PD+Z 1 |
| CR P260-GI | - | HX260PD+Z 1 |
| CR P300-GI | - | HX300PD+Z 1 |
| Micro-alloyed | ||
| CR HSLA220-GI/GA/ZM | CR210LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX220LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM 1 |
| CR HSLA260-GI/GA/ZM | CR240LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX260LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA300-GI/GA/ZM | CR270LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX300LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA340-GI/GA/ZM | CR300LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX340LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA380-GI/GA/ZM | CR340LA-GI/GA/ZM | HX380LAD+Z/+ZF/+ZM |
| CR HSLA420-GI/ZM | CR380LA-GI/ZM | HX420LAD+Z/+ZM |
| CR HSLA460-GI/ZM | CR420LA-GI/ZM | - |
| CR HSLA500-GI/ZM | CR460LA-GI/ZM | - |
1. Not in EN 10346:2015. Tata Steel’s own specification.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-All Grades Coatings Surface aspectsTSE
Coatings
Three types of metallic coating are available:
- Pure zinc. Galvanised steel (GI) is coated with an almost pure zinc coating (>99% zinc)
- Zinc-iron alloy. Galvannealed steel (GA) is coated with a zinc coating containing approximately 8-12% iron. For further information on our galvannealed products please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Coating weight
Coating | Minimum | Maximum |
|---|---|---|
| Pure zinc (Z) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 600 (42 µm/side) |
| Zinc-iron (ZF) | 90 (6 µm/side) | 140 (10 µm/side) |
Coating weight measured in g/m2 double-sided (µm, per side).
Surface condition
Surface condition complies with standard: EN 10346:2015. Galvanised grades are available in surface condition with minimised spangle MB. Galvannealed grades are available in surface condition B. For the highest surface quality requirements we also offer Serica FLO®. For more details please visit our Automotive catalogue.
Surface condition B: improved surface, suitable for unexposed parts
With this surface condition, small imperfections such as stretch levelling breaks, skin pass marks, slight scratches, indentations, surface structure, zinc run-off marks and light passivation stains are permissible.
Surface finish
Galvanised (GI) grades with surface condition MC are available with different levels of surface finish. For exposed body panels with stringent paint appearance requirements we offer ‘regular’ surface finish. For panels with the highest paint appearance requirements we recommend the premium surface finish Serica FLO®.
Surface roughness
Metallic coated steel for automotive applications can be supplied in various grades of roughness to comply with individual customer norms. If no roughness is specified, roughness will be as shown in the table below
| Roughness Ra (µm) | |
|---|---|
| cut off 0.8mm | cut off 2.5mm |
| 0.6 - 1.9 | 0.7 - 2.2 |
Surface treatments
The surface treatments available are oiling (O), T-treatment and prime lubrication treatment (PLT).
Oiling (O)
The material surface can be oiled with preservative oil. Other types of oil - for increasing strength or reducing weight – are available to help achieve your optimum performance parameters. Please contact us for details.
Tata Steel offers the following range of oiling levels:
| Coating type | Oiling level |
|---|---|
| Pure zinc (GI) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| Zinc-iron(GA) | 0.5 - 1.5 g/m2 |
| MagiZinc Auto(ZM) | 0.25 - 1.5 g/m2 |
Other oiling levels are available on request.
T-treatment
Please contact us for further information.
Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT)
Prime Lubrication Treatment facilitates the manufacturing of stamped components by minimising known issues in stamping and joining.
For further information please visit our Prime Lubrication Treatment (PLT) page.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA500-Properties TSN
Properties
Mechanical properties
Metallic coated high-strength steel grades have the following mechanical properties (skin-passed) - these are measured transverse to the rolling direction. Property range is indicated according to EN 10346, but properties meet equivalent VDA 239-100 specifications also.
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA500 | |
|---|---|---|
| Coating type | GI | |
| Yield strength1 | N/mm2 | 500 - 620 |
| Min. BH2 | N/mm2 | - |
| Tensile strength Rm | N/mm2 | 530 - 690 |
| Elongation2 | % | 13 |
| Min. r-value3 | - | |
| Min. n-value n90 | - |
1 Lower yield strength or 0.2% proof stress applies.
BH2 refers to the increase of 0.2% proof stress after heating (bake hardening). Not applicable for hot rolled substrate.
2
For galvannealed grades (GA) the minimum elongation before fracture is lowered by 2%.
3
Chemical composition
Tata Steel supplies the following cast analysis with maximum values unless otherwise shown:
Micro-alloyed steels
| Grade | CR HSLA500-GI | |
|---|---|---|
| C | Max. | 0.15 |
| Mn | Max. | 1.7 |
| P | Max. | 0.03 |
| S | Max. | 0.025 |
| Si | Max. | 0.5 |
| Altot | Min. | 0.015 |
| Ti | Max. | 0.15 |
| Nb | Max. | 0.09 |
All values in weight%.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic Coated-HSS-CR HSLA500-Dimensions TSN
Dimensional capability
Galvanised (GI) products
Dimensions in mm.
| Thickness | Max. width |
|---|---|
| From - up to | CR HSLA500 |
| 1.00 - 1.20 | 1560 |
| 1.20 - 1.40 | 1500 |
| 1.40 - 1.60 | 1350 |
| 1.60 - 1.80 | 1230 |
| 1.80 - 2.00 | 1130 |
For widths below 1000 mm, please contact us.
Tolerances
Tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available - please contact us for details.
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic Coated-All Grades Shape and Dimensional TolerancesTSE
Tolerances on thickness
The tolerances comply with standard EN 10143: 2006.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Thickness tolerance availability is shown below:
Thickness tolerance | Availability |
|---|---|
| Full thickness tolerance | Available |
| Special thickness tolerance | Available |
| 50% of full thickness tolerance | Refer before ordering |
The following tolerances apply to the grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength lower than 260 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.04 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.100 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02 mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 260 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 < 360 N/mm² and for grades DX51D and S550GD.
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.035 | ± 0.040 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 360 N/mm² ≤ Rp0.2 ≤ 420 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.05 | ± 0.06 | - | ± 0.040 | ± 0.045 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.10 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.130 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.160 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.17 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.20 | ± 0.21 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
The following tolerances apply to the steel grades with a minimum value for the
yield strength 420 N/mm² < Rp0.2 ≤ 900 N/mm².
Nominal | Normal tolerances for a nominal width of 1 2 | Special tolerances (S) for a | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | ≤ 1200 | > 1200 | > 1500 | |
| ≤ 1500 |
|
| ≤ 1500 |
| ||
| ≥ 0.35 | ≤ 0.40 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.07 | - | ± 0.045 | ± 0.050 | - |
| > 0.40 | ≤ 0.60 | ± 0.06 | ± 0.08 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.050 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 |
| > 0.60 | ≤ 0.80 | ± 0.07 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.060 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 |
| > 0.80 | ≤ 1.00 | ± 0.09 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.12 | ± 0.070 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 |
| > 1.00 | ≤ 1.20 | ± 0.11 | ± 0.13 | ± 0.14 | ± 0.080 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 |
| > 1.20 | ≤ 1.60 | ± 0.15 | ± 0.16 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.090 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 |
| > 1.60 | ≤ 2.00 | ± 0.18 | ± 0.19 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.110 | ± 0.120 | ± 0.140 |
| > 2.00 | ≤ 2.50 | ± 0.21 | ± 0.22 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.140 | ± 0.150 | ± 0.170 |
| > 2.50 | ≤ 3.00 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.170 | ± 0.180 | ± 0.190 |
| > 3.00 | ≤ 5.00 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.27 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.23 | ± 0.24 | ± 0.26 |
| > 5.00 | ≤ 6.50 | ± 0.28 | ± 0.29 | ± 0.30 | ± 0.25 | ± 0.26 | ± 0.28 |
1. Around cold-rolled welds an increase of 20% at the most over the thickness tolerance is allowed
over a length of 15 metres.
2. For zinc coatings ≥ Z450 the tolerance on the thickness must be raised by 0.02mm.
Tolerances on width
The tolerances on width comply with standard EN 10143: 2006
MagiZinc is not included in the standard, but fulfils EN 10143: 2006 requirements.
Tighter tolerances are available on request.
Tolerances in mm.
| Nominal width w | Normal tolerances | Special tolerances (S) |
|---|---|---|
| 600 ≤ w ≤ 1200 | 5 0 | 2 0 |
| 1200 < w ≤ 1500 | 6 0 | 2 0 |
| 1500 < w ≤ 1800 | 7 0 | 3 0 |
| w > 1800 | 8 0 | 3 0 |
Dimensions and coil weights
| Description | Availability |
|---|---|
| Coil diameter inner | 610 mm |
| (508 mm available on request) | |
| Coil diameter outer | 10/7 x width max |
| 1000 mm min. | |
| 2500 mm max. | |
| Coil weight | 30t max. |
| 33t max. available after consultation | |
| Coil weight limited by maximum outer diameter | |
| Maximum weight allowed by road/rail transport | |
| Some products may have different coil weight ranges available | |
| Usually a minimum coil weight up to 85% of the maximum coil weight can be requested | |
| KIM: width ≤ 1200 mm | 11.7 - 22.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: 1200mm < width ≤ 1700 mm | 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| KIM: width > 1700 mm | 11.0 kg/mm width and 11.6 - 21.7 kg/mm width |
| Minimum tonnage per order | Refer to price list for order quantity details |
| Minimum order quantities may apply |
EN-EngineeringAutomotive-Product-Metallic coated-All grades Further processingTSE
Further processing
We have a broad network of Tata Steel service centres across Europe, offering decoiling and slitting services from stock and against short lead times
Light gauge processing
| Processing type | Slitting | Decoiling | Blanking |
|---|---|---|---|
| Thickness range (mm) | 0.2 - 7.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 | 0.3 - 6.0 |
| Width range (mm) | 10 - 2050 | 50 - 2600 | 200 - 2600 |
| Length range | - | up to 6 m | up to 6 m |
| Locations | Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands Germany France Spain Sweden Norway Finland |
Netherlands |
For further information please visit our Service Centre webpages.
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-HSS-DownloadsTSE
EN-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet
DE-Automotive-Datasheet-HR550LA-GI
HR550LA-GI - Data sheet (DE)
EN-Automotive-Product-Metallic coated-Forming TSE
Steel for forming
Our metallic coated forming steels are available in a wide range of grades and corrosion-resistant coatings.
EN-Automotive-Contact-General sales - Automotive - general
Enquiries and customer services
Please contact us for further information, questions and enquiries. Working together on sustainable vehicles and value chains.